From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Tue Jan 18 00:23:33 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Tue, 18 Jan 2022 00:23:33 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1076 - trunk
Message-ID: <202201172323.20HNNXWv006766@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-17 23:23:33 +0000 (Mon, 17 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1076

Modified:
   trunk/ChangeLog
   trunk/aspell.en.pws
   trunk/latex2e.texi
Log:
\hrulefill & \dotfill: use user-level macros, not internal macros named with @

Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog	2021-12-09 21:17:18 UTC (rev 1075)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+2022-01-17  Pieter van Oostrum <pieter at vanoostrum.org>
+
+	* latex2e.texi (\hrulefill & \dotfill): replace "@" macros
+	with user-level macros.
+
 2021-12-09  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e.texi (NeedsAMSSymb flag, Footnotes in a table, Math

Modified: trunk/aspell.en.pws
===================================================================
--- trunk/aspell.en.pws	2021-12-09 21:17:18 UTC (rev 1075)
+++ trunk/aspell.en.pws	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
@@ -288,3 +288,4 @@
 disproven
 unimagined
 vitalism
+tablefootnote

Modified: trunk/latex2e.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.texi	2021-12-09 21:17:18 UTC (rev 1075)
+++ trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 @c $Id$
 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
 @setfilename latex2e.info
- at set UPDATED October 2021
+ at set UPDATED January 2022
 @include common.texi
 @settitle @LaTeX{}2e unofficial reference manual (@value{UPDATED})
 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
@@ -15020,7 +15020,7 @@
 The header is empty.  The footer contains only a page number, centered.
 
 @item empty
-The header and footer is empty.
+The header and footer are both empty.
 
 @item headings
 Put running headers and footers on each page.  The document style
@@ -15833,7 +15833,7 @@
 
 @example
 \renewcommand@{\hrulefill@}@{%
-  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@@@}
+  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt @}
 @end example
 
 @noindent
@@ -15842,7 +15842,7 @@
 
 @example
 \renewcommand@{\dotfill@}@{%
-  \leavevmode\cleaders\hb@@xt@@1.00em@{\hss .\hss @}\hfill\kern\z@@@}
+  \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em@{\hss .\hss @}\hfill\kern0pt @}
 @end example
 
 @noindent


From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Wed Jan 26 18:47:46 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Wed, 26 Jan 2022 18:47:46 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1077 - trunk
Message-ID: <202201261747.20QHlkwY014222@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 17:47:45 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1077

Modified:
   trunk/ChangeLog
   trunk/NEWS
   trunk/latex2e.texi
Log:
pt/mm/cm equivalences

Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
@@ -1,3 +1,9 @@
+2022-01-26  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
+
+	* latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm equivalences.
+	Report from Geoff Odhner, 24 Jan 2022 22:08:58.
+	Also use @ftable, other wording changes.
+
 2022-01-17  Pieter van Oostrum <pieter at vanoostrum.org>
 
 	* latex2e.texi (\hrulefill & \dotfill): replace "@" macros
@@ -2850,6 +2856,10 @@
 
 	* latex2e.texi (minipage): Typoes + insert a few TODO comments.
 
+2020-07-124  Jim Hefferon  <jim at joshua.smcvt.edu>
+
+	* July 2020 release.
+
 2020-07-13  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e.texi (\appendix): Fix \og\appendixname\fg description.

Modified: trunk/NEWS
===================================================================
--- trunk/NEWS	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
+++ trunk/NEWS	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
@@ -1,13 +1,19 @@
 $Id$
 NEWS for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package.
 Public domain.  Originally written 1995, Torsten Martinsen.
-Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently unmaintained).
 French translation originally from Vincent Belaiche.
+Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently looking for
+a maintainer).
 
+
 Changes in January 2022 release:
 
-Changes in July 2020 release:
+Some noteworthy changes since the last release:
 
-Among the changes since the last release:
+
+
+
 Changes in July 2020 release:
+
+Some noteworthy changes since the last release:
  * Entries for \openin, \openout, \message, \write, \write18.
  * Section on fontenc.
  * Section on math delimiters.
@@ -16,9 +22,8 @@
  * Section on expressions.
  * Entry on \contentsline.
 
+
 Changes in October 2018 release:
 
-Changes in October 2018 release:
-
 The main change is that we now offer the manual in a version that
 is split into separate web pages for each section or subsection.
 This new version is more host-friendly.  To celebrate we have
@@ -35,10 +40,8 @@
 In addition to the format news, there were many bug fixes and new entries,
 including \smash and \phantom.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
 Changes in July 2018 release:
 
-Changes in July 2018 release:
-
 We have gone through the two documents latex-info and
 latex2e-reference and checked that any information in those documents
 is in this one.
@@ -54,10 +57,8 @@
 In addition, there were many bug fixes, including greatly shrinking
 the size of one of the graphics.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
 Changes in April 2018 release:
 
-Changes in April 2018 release:
-
 There is a new chapter on color and a new chapter on graphics
 inclusion (all the commands from grfguide.pdf are now covered),
 there is much greater coverage of the list environment including a
@@ -65,8 +66,7 @@
 environment.
 
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in Aug 2017 release:
+
 Changes in Aug 2017 release:
 
 Besides the usual bug fixes, some of the changes in this version
 include coverage of \makeatletter and \makeatother, \@startsection,
@@ -74,8 +74,7 @@
 in the descriptions of floats, the letter environment, \raisebox,
 \onecolumn and \twocolumn, and many more.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in Apr 2016 release:
+
 Changes in Apr 2016 release:
 
 Provide first complete French translation --- still not fully aligned
 on the latest revisions of the English version.
@@ -86,8 +85,7 @@
 for optional parameters. Improve naming of Math symbols. Usual bug and
 typo fixes.
 	
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in Oct 2015 release:
+
 Changes in Oct 2015 release:
 
 Many examples added, often using typical constructs.
 Extend many entries to include points frequently asked.
@@ -95,8 +93,7 @@
 Translations not yet part of update; needs to be worked out.
 Thanks to Vincent Belaiche for many contributions.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in May 2015 release:
+
 Changes in May 2015 release:
 
 Usual bug fixes, more indexing, template updates.
 Improve document and LaTeX overview, including general syntax.
@@ -106,53 +103,46 @@
 For HTML, make the Up from Top be http://tug.org/texinfohtml.
 Exception word list for spell checking, and make target for spell
   checking and doubled words.
--
+
 French translation begun (only in sources); Spanish translation updated.
 Thanks to Vincent Belaiche and Jim Hefferon for their many contributions.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in May 2014 release:
+
 Changes in May 2014 release:
 
 Usual bug fixes, template updates.
 Add filecontents description, fnsymbol info, non-obsolescence of \tt et al.,
   mostly due to Vincent Belaiche.
 Updates to Spanish translation, also from Vincent.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in May 2013 release:
+
 Changes in May 2013 release:
 
 Usual bug fixes, template updates.
 Mention \unitlength default (1pt) and \oldstylenums.
 Fix in ltx-help.el to find correct nodes for environments, etc.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in May 2012 release:
+
 Changes in May 2012 release:
 
 Template updates and references.
 More on floats.
 Mention a few other documents.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in May 2011 release:
+
 Changes in May 2011 release:
 
 Usual bug fixes, additional background info.
 TUGboat sample document updated.
 Discussion of width parameters.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in July 2010 release:
+
 Changes in July 2010 release:
 
 Usual bug fixes.  Added a number of control sequences from ltoutenc that
 typeset particular glyphs.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in September 2009 release:
+
 Changes in September 2009 release:
 
 A bit more about figures and indexes, use of @table where appropriate in
 the source, usual array of minor fixes, added references, etc.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in release 2.0:
+
 Changes in release 2.0:
 
 After discussions with Torsten and Stephen Gilmore, maintainership of
 this document has been handed off to me.  See the README for more
@@ -170,8 +160,7 @@
 
 Karl Berry (karl at freefriends.org), June 12 2008
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in release 1.6:
+
 Changes in release 1.6:
 
 Some minor bug fixes; thanks to Piet van Oostrum and Ralf
 Fassel for those.
@@ -187,8 +176,7 @@
 
 Torsten Martinsen, April 24 1996
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in release 1.3:
+
 Changes in release 1.3:
 
 A selection of low-level NFSS2 commands added.
 A short description of how to use BibTeX.
@@ -200,8 +188,7 @@
 
 Torsten Martinsen, March 13th 1995
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in release 1.4:
+
 Changes in release 1.4:
 
 NOTE: The name of the generated Info file is now `latex' and not `latex2e'.
 More commands added to function index (ahem).
@@ -210,8 +197,7 @@
 
 Torsten Martinsen, April 5th 1995
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in release 1.5:
+
 Changes in release 1.5:
 
 All menu items now have one-line descriptions.
 Major cleanup of next/previous links.

Modified: trunk/latex2e.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
+++ trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
@@ -11154,10 +11154,10 @@
 \end@{minipage@}
 @end example
 
- at TeX{} actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
- at code{fil}, @code{fill}, and @code{filll}.  The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (@pxref{\hfill} and @pxref{\vfill}).
+ at TeX{} has three levels of infinity for glue components: @code{fil},
+ at code{fill}, and @code{filll}.  The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(@pxref{\hfill} and @pxref{\vfill}).
 
 Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after @code{\setlength@{\ylength@}@{1in plus 0.2in@}} and
@@ -11173,7 +11173,6 @@
 * \settowidth::         Set a length to the width of something.
 * \stretch::            Add infinite stretchability.
 * Expressions::         Compute with lengths and integers.
- at c * Predefined lengths::  Lengths that are, like, predefined.
 @end menu
 
 
@@ -11185,96 +11184,97 @@
 @TeX{} and @LaTeX{} know about these units both inside and outside of
 math mode.
 
- at table @code
+ at ftable @code
 @item pt 
- at findex pt
 @cindex point
 @anchor{units of length pt}
-Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units
-is 1 at dmn{point} = 2.845 at dmn{mm} = .2845 at dmn{cm}. 
+Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1 at dmn{point} = .35146 at dmn{mm} = .035146 at dmn{cm}. 
 
 @item pc
 @cindex pica
- at findex pc
 @anchor{units of length pc}
 Pica, 12 pt
 
 @item in 
- at findex in
- at findex inch
+ at cindex inch
 @anchor{units of length in}
-Inch,  72.27 pt
+Inch, 72.27 pt
 
- at item  bp 
- at findex bp
+ at item bp 
 @cindex big point
+ at cindex PostScript point
 @anchor{units of length bp}
 Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 
+ at item mm 
+ at cindex millimeter
+ at anchor{units of length mm}
+Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+
 @item cm 
 @cindex centimeter
- at findex cm
 @anchor{units of length cm}
-Centimeter
+Centimeter, 10 mm
 
- at item mm 
- at cindex millimeter
- at findex mm
- at anchor{units of length mm}
-Millimeter
-
 @item dd 
 @cindex didot point
- at findex dd
 @anchor{units of length dd}
 Didot point, 1.07 pt
 
 @item cc 
 @cindex cicero
- at findex cc
 @anchor{units of length cc}
 Cicero, 12 dd
 
 @item sp 
 @cindex scaled point
- at findex sp
 @anchor{units of length sp}
 Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 
- at end table 
+ at end ftable
 
+Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+
+ at ftable @code
+ at item ex
+ at cindex x-height
 @cindex ex
- at cindex x-height
- at findex ex
+ at anchor{Lengths/ex}
+ at anchor{units of length ex}
+The x-height of the current font @dfn{ex}, traditionally the
+height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
+lengths.
+
+ at item em
 @cindex m-width
 @cindex em
- at findex em
 @anchor{Lengths/em}
- at anchor{Lengths/en}
- at anchor{Lengths/ex}
 @anchor{units of length em}
- at anchor{units of length en}
- at anchor{units of length ex}
-Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font.  The x-height of the current font @dfn{ex}, traditionally the
-height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly @dfn{em}, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
- at code{\enspace}, which is @code{0.5em}).  Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes.  For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
- at code{\setlength@{\itemsep@}@{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex@}} is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+Similarly @dfn{em}, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths.  This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10 at dmn{pt} font will
+have 1 at dmn{em} = 10 at dmn{pt}.  @LaTeX{} has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (@pxref{\enspace & \quad & \qquad}).
 
+ at item mu
 @cindex mu, math unit
- at findex mu
-In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
- at dfn{mu} given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family.  @xref{Spacing in math mode}.
+ at anchor{units of length mu}
+Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit @dfn{mu}, defined by 1 at dmn{em} = 18 at dmn{mu}, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family.  @xref{Spacing in
+math mode}.
 
+ at end ftable
 
+Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as @code{\setlength@{\itemsep@}@{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex@}} is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+
 @node \setlength
 @section @code{\setlength}
 
@@ -11309,10 +11309,8 @@
 @code{\newlength@{\specparindent@}\setlength@{\sepcparindent@}@{...@}},
 then you get an error like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument>
 \sepcindent}.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be
-read again> \relax l.19 \setlength@{specparindent@}@{0.6\parindent@}}
+then you get an error like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero.}.
 
-
 @node \addtolength
 @section @code{\addtolength}
 


From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Wed Jan 26 19:12:18 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Wed, 26 Jan 2022 19:12:18 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1078 - trunk
Message-ID: <202201261812.20QICI2l001066@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 18:12:17 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1078

Modified:
   trunk/ChangeLog
   trunk/NEWS
   trunk/latex2e.html
   trunk/latex2e.info
   trunk/latex2e.pdf
   trunk/latex2e.texi
Log:
rebuild for Jan 22 release

Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
@@ -1,6 +1,11 @@
 2022-01-26  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
 
-	* latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm equivalences.
+	January 2022 release to CTAN.
+	* NEWS: update.
+
+2022-01-26  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
+
+	* latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm conversions.
 	Report from Geoff Odhner, 24 Jan 2022 22:08:58.
 	Also use @ftable, other wording changes.
 
@@ -159,7 +164,7 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
@@ -168,7 +173,8 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for
+	PDF output.
 	(\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output.
 	(verse): Align on English with better examples.
 	(Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722.
@@ -1671,21 +1677,17 @@
 	(Footnotes of footnotes): ``First noted in Wilson'' -> ``Noted in
 	Wilson''.
 
-
 2021-09-05  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e.texi Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van Deik.
-	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
-	it.
+	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using it.
 	(lrbox): Fix @xref.
 
-
 2021-09-01  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e.texi (\multicolumn): Typo, credits Faheem Mitha
           2021-09-01 on latexrefman list.
 
-
 2021-09-01  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* common.texi (\mathbbN): New math symbol.
@@ -1912,6 +1914,7 @@
 	  this node.
 
 2021-08-24  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (Producing the index manually): Add subsection.
 	Provides a place to define theindex environment.on \caption.
 
@@ -2001,10 +2004,12 @@
 	``before any output'' to ``before any input file is met''.
 
 2021-08-16  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (\caption): Add section on \caption.  Put in
 	cross-references to figure and table entries.
 
 2021-08-13  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (Command line input): Replace the graphics draft
 	option example with \includeonly{} example.
 
@@ -2149,11 +2154,13 @@
 	(Command line input): Slurp the text from the French version.
 
 2021-08-11  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (Indexes): Expand section header text.
 
 2021-08-11  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e.texi (\newlength): ``command sequence'' -> ``control sequene''.
+	* latex2e.texi (\newlength): ``command sequence'' -> ``control
+	sequence''.
 	(Making paragraphs): Clarify the empty lines are in the source
 	code. Clarify that the paragrapgh separation can have more than
 	one blank line, and the line may be not empty for the
@@ -2176,12 +2183,14 @@
 	(\(SPACE)): Indicate leading blanks are ignored.
 
 2021-08-09  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (Font sizes): Add paragraph on using font size
 	commands in formulas.
 
 2021-08-09  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e.texi (\normalsfcodes): ``space factor values'' -> ``space factors''.
+	* latex2e.texi (\normalsfcodes): ``space factor values'' ->
+	``space factors''.
 	(\(SPACE) ): @key{...}-ify index entries such as \NEWLINE ->
 	\@key{NEWLINE}. Use a two column table in the exemple to stress
 	change of space amount. Make more generic the statement about
@@ -2211,6 +2220,7 @@
 	\frenchspacing. Some rewording.
 
 2021-08-05  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (Math styles): Add section on Math styles,
 	include moving some material from Math formulas and expanding.
 
@@ -2223,17 +2233,20 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Spaces): Re-align on the English version.
 	(\enspace & \quad & \qquad): New node, translate from English.
-	(\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak, \strut): New nodes to be translated
+	(\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak, \strut): New nodes to be
+	translated
 	(\vspace, \vfill, \addvspace): Change order of these nodes to align the
 	doc strcuture on English version.
 
 2021-08-04  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align node on English version.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align node on
+	English version.
 
 2021-08-04  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\clearpage & \cleardoublepage): Align node on English version.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\clearpage & \cleardoublepage): Align node on
+	English version.
 
 2021-08-04  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
@@ -2247,16 +2260,19 @@
 
 2021-08-03  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e.texi (fontenc package): Add fontspec to the package index + add word put.
+	* latex2e.texi (fontenc package): Add fontspec to the package
+	index + add word put.
 	(\newcommand & \renewcommand): letter -> character, as \ is not a
 	letter + minor clarification.
 
 2021-07-26  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (\pagebreak & \nopagebreak): add mention of
 	\samepage and samepage environment; note they are obsolete and
 	unreliable.
 
 2021-07-24  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         New release for CTAN, version of July 2021.
 
 2021-07-21  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>

Modified: trunk/NEWS
===================================================================
--- trunk/NEWS	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
+++ trunk/NEWS	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
@@ -5,22 +5,31 @@
 Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently looking for
 a maintainer).
 
-
 Changes in January 2022 release:
+
 Some changes in January 2022 release:
 
-Some noteworthy changes since the last release:
+New sections:
+* \caption
+* BibTeX error messages
+* Producing the index manually
 
+Fixes:
+* Units of length: correct pt/mm/cm conversions.
+* Command line input: extended text.
+* throughout: index entries; typographical, reference, wording.
 
+
 Changes in July 2021 release
 
+(see ChangeLog)
+
 
 Changes in July 2020 release:
 
-Some noteworthy changes since the last release:
- * Entries for \openin, \openout, \message, \write, \write18.
- * Section on fontenc.
- * Section on math delimiters.
- * Describe -output-directory option.
- * Section on xr.
- * Section on expressions.
- * Entry on \contentsline.
+* Entries for \openin, \openout, \message, \write, \write18.
+* Section on fontenc.
+* Section on math delimiters.
+* Describe -output-directory option.
+* Section on xr.
+* Section on expressions.
+* Entry on \contentsline.
 
 
 Changes in October 2018 release:
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.html	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
+++ trunk/latex2e.html	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</title>
+<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 </head>
 
 <body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</h1>
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</h1>
 
 
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 <span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
 
 <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 </p>
 
 <div class="Contents_element" id="SEC_Contents">
@@ -9969,7 +9969,9 @@
 </div>
 <span id="sloppypar-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">9.6.1 <code>sloppypar</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-sloppypar"></span>
+<span id="index-environment_002c-sloppypar"></span>
+<span id="index-sloppypar-environment-1"></span>
+        
 <span id="index-sloppypar-environment"></span>
 
 <p>Synopsis:
@@ -10658,7 +10660,7 @@
        \textit{HMS Polychrest} &amp;Post Captain  \\  
        \textit{HMS Lively}     &amp;Post Captain \\
        \textit{HMS Surprise}   &amp;A number of books\footnote{%
-                                  Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+                                  Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
      \end{tabular}
   \end{minipage}                              
 \end{center}
@@ -10695,8 +10697,11 @@
 \end{center}
 </pre></div>
 
+<span id="index-package_002c-tablefootnote"></span>
+<span id="index-tablefootnote-package"></span>
+
 <p>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (see <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>), use the
-<samp>tablefootnote</samp> package.
+<code>tablefootnote</code> package.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\usepackage{tablefootnote}  % in preamble
@@ -12453,10 +12458,10 @@
 \end{minipage}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
-<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (see <a href="#g_t_005chfill"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
+<p>TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code>fil</code>,
+<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(see <a href="#g_t_005chfill"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
 </p>
 <p>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and
@@ -12491,78 +12496,91 @@
 <dl compact="compact">
 <dt id='index-pt'><span><code>pt</code><a href='#index-pt' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-point"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units
-is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm. 
+<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm. 
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-pica'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pica' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-pc"></span>
+<dt id='index-pc'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-pica"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-pc"></span><p>Pica, 12 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-in'><span><code>in</code><a href='#index-in' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-inch"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch,  72.27 pt
+<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-bp'><span><code>bp</code><a href='#index-bp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-big-point"></span>
+<span id="index-PostScript-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-bp"></span><p>Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-centimeter'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-centimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter
+<dt id='index-mm'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-mm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-millimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-millimeter'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-millimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-mm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter
+<dt id='index-cm'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-cm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-centimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter, 10 mm
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-didot-point'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-didot-point' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dd"></span>
+<dt id='index-dd'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-dd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-didot-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-dd"></span><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-cicero'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cicero' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cc"></span>
+<dt id='index-cc'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-cicero"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-cc"></span><p>Cicero, 12 dd
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-scaled-point'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-scaled-point' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-sp"></span>
+<dt id='index-sp'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-sp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-scaled-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-sp"></span><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl>
 
+<p>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt id='index-ex-1'><span><code>ex</code><a href='#index-ex-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
 <span id="index-ex"></span>
-<span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
-<span id="index-ex-1"></span>
-<span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
-<span id="index-em"></span>
-<span id="index-em-1"></span>
-<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="Lengths_002fen"></span><span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><span id="units-of-length-en"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font.  The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
+<span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
 height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
-<code>\enspace</code>, which is <code>0.5em</code>).  Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes.  For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
-<code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</code> is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+lengths.
 </p>
-<span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
-<span id="index-mu"></span>
-<p>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-<em>mu</em> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family.  See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-em-1'><span><code>em</code><a href='#index-em-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
+<span id="index-em"></span>
+<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><p>Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths.  This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will
+have 1em = 10pt.  LaTeX has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (see <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"><code>\enspace</code> &amp; <code>\quad</code> &amp; <code>\qquad</code></a>).
 </p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-mu'><span><code>mu</code><a href='#index-mu' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mu"></span><p>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit <em>mu</em>, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family.  See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
 
+<p>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as <code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex}</code> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+</p>
 <hr>
 </div>
 <div class="section" id="g_t_005csetlength">
@@ -12602,10 +12620,8 @@
 <code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
 then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
 \sepcindent</samp>&rsquo;.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be
-read again&gt; \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp>&rsquo;
+then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>&rsquo;.
 </p>
-
 <hr>
 </div>
 <div class="section" id="g_t_005caddtolength">
@@ -13390,7 +13406,7 @@
 
 <p>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
 packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-<code>amsmath</code> and <samp>amssymb</samp> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
+<code>amsmath</code> and <code>amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
 package that is an extension to, and loads, <code>amsmath</code>).  New
 documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages.
 Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document;
@@ -13639,7 +13655,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cBox'><span><code>\Box</code><a href='#index-_005cBox' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25A1; Modal operator for necessity; square open box
-(ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+(ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cbullet'><span><code>\bullet</code><a href='#index-_005cbullet' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -13673,7 +13689,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005ccomplement'><span><code>\complement</code><a href='#index-_005ccomplement' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2201;, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
-<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. Also used:
+<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
 <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or&nbsp;<code>$\bar{S}$</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -13712,7 +13728,7 @@
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cDiamond'><span><code>\Diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cDiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<dd><p>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cdiamond'><span><code>\diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cdiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -13959,7 +13975,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005clhd'><span><code>\lhd</code><a href='#index-_005clhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
+<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
 and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -14068,7 +14084,7 @@
 following operator (relation).
 </p>
 <p>Many negated operators are available that don&rsquo;t require <code>\not</code>,
-particularly with the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
+particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
 is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -14226,7 +14242,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005crestriction'><span><code>\restriction</code><a href='#index-_005crestriction' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x21BE;, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
-<code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005crevemptyset'><span><code>\revemptyset</code><a href='#index-_005crevemptyset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -14242,7 +14258,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005crhd'><span><code>\rhd</code><a href='#index-_005crhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
-load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -14334,7 +14350,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsubset'><span><code>\sqsubset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x228F;, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
-subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsubseteq'><span><code>\sqsubseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -14344,7 +14360,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsupset'><span><code>\sqsupset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2290;, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
-superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsupseteq'><span><code>\sqsupseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -14432,21 +14448,21 @@
 <dt id='index-_005ctriangleleft'><span><code>\triangleleft</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleleft' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Not-filled triangle pointing left
 (binary). Similar:&nbsp;<code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
-should load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
+should load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
 is a relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005ctriangleright'><span><code>\triangleright</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25B7; Not-filled triangle pointing right
 (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cunlhd'><span><code>\unlhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunlhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x22B4; Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
 use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </p>
@@ -14454,7 +14470,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005cunrhd'><span><code>\unrhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunrhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x22B5; Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
 use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </p>
@@ -14486,7 +14502,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005cupharpoonright'><span><code>\upharpoonright</code><a href='#index-_005cupharpoonright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x21BE;, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
 (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\restriction</code>.
-Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cuplus'><span><code>\uplus</code><a href='#index-_005cuplus' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -14512,7 +14528,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cvanothing'><span><code>\vanothing</code><a href='#index-_005cvanothing' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2205;, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
-<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cvarphi'><span><code>\varphi</code><a href='#index-_005cvarphi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -16606,7 +16622,7 @@
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><span><code>empty</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The header and footer is empty.
+<dd><p>The header and footer are both empty.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><span><code>headings</code></span></dt>
@@ -17485,7 +17501,7 @@
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
-  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.
@@ -17493,7 +17509,7 @@
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
-  \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+  \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
@@ -19214,7 +19230,7 @@
 
 <p>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var>extension</var>.
 </p>
-<p>This example declares that all files with names have the form
+<p>This example declares that all files with names of the form
 <samp>filename-without-dot.mps</samp> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
 meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
 input the file.
@@ -19902,7 +19918,7 @@
 <p>The unstarred form <code>\resizebox</code> takes <var>vertical length</var> to be
 the box&rsquo;s height while the starred form <code>\resizebox*</code> takes it to
 be height+depth.  For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This
+quarter-inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This
 box has both height and depth.}}</code>.
 </p>
 <p>You can use <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>, and
@@ -20688,9 +20704,9 @@
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from
-accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>,
-a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, a
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var>
+argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
 </p>
 <p>These are accented &lsquo;<samp>e</samp>&rsquo; characters.
 </p>
@@ -20702,7 +20718,8 @@
 \accent23 e
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+<p>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
 </p>
 <p>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the
 outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is
@@ -23201,9 +23218,9 @@
 <pre class="example">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  The <var>number</var>
-must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in LuaLaTeX
-<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255).
+<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  In most engines,
+the <var>number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code>; in
+LuaLaTeX, <var>number</var> can be between 0 and 127.
 </p>
 <p>Here TeX opens the file <samp>presidents.tex</samp> for reading.
 </p>
@@ -26049,6 +26066,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-picture"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>picture</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quotation"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quote"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quote</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-sloppypar"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>sloppypar</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabbing"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-table"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>table</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabular"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
@@ -26241,7 +26259,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-implementations-of-TeX">implementations of TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-importing-graphics">importing graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inch"><code>inch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inch">inch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-including-graphics">including graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indent_002c-forcing">indent, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
@@ -26640,6 +26658,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-suffix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>suffix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tablefootnote"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tablefootnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-texosquery"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>texosquery</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-textcase"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>textcase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
@@ -26730,6 +26749,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-position_002c-in-picture">position, in picture</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-positional-parameter">positional parameter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-postamble"><code>postamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PostScript-point">PostScript point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-postscript_002c-in-letters">postscript, in letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pounds-symbol">pounds symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
@@ -26847,8 +26867,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slanted-font">slanted font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slides-class"><code>slides <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar"><code>sloppypar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment">sloppypar environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment-1"><code><code>sloppypar</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slot_002c-font">slot, font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-small-caps-font">small caps font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
@@ -26929,6 +26949,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-creating">table of contents, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tablefootnote-package"><code>tablefootnote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabular-environment"><code><code>tabular</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code>article</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#article-template">article template</a></td></tr>

Modified: trunk/latex2e.info
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.info	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
+++ trunk/latex2e.info	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 latex2e.texi.
 
 This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
-preparation system, version of October 2021.
+preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
    This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by George D.
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 Dietze.  (From these references no text was directly copied.)
 
    Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016,
-2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
 
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
 LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 ***************************************
 
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October
-2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of January
+2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 
 * Menu:
 
@@ -7479,7 +7479,7 @@
             \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain  \\
             \textit{HMS Lively}     &Post Captain \\
             \textit{HMS Surprise}   &A number of books\footnote{%
-                                       Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+                                       Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
           \end{tabular}
        \end{minipage}
      \end{center}
@@ -8837,10 +8837,10 @@
        \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
      \end{minipage}
 
-   TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil',
-'fill', and 'filll'.  The later ones are more infinite than the earlier
-ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note
-\hfill:: and *note \vfill::).
+   TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil', 'fill',
+and 'filll'.  The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones.
+Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note \hfill:: and
+*note \vfill::).
 
    Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length,
 so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and
@@ -8867,8 +8867,8 @@
 mode.
 
 'pt'
-     Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units is 1point =
-     2.845mm = .2845cm.
+     Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+     is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm.
 
 'pc'
      Pica, 12 pt
@@ -8880,12 +8880,12 @@
      Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
      PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 
+'mm'
+     Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+
 'cm'
-     Centimeter
+     Centimeter, 10 mm
 
-'mm'
-     Millimeter
-
 'dd'
      Didot point, 1.07 pt
 
@@ -8895,21 +8895,32 @@
 'sp'
      Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 
-   Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer
-of the font.  The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the
-height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths.
-Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
-often used for horizontal lengths (there is also '\enspace', which is
-'0.5em').  Use of these can help make a definition work better across
-font changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between
-list items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}'
-is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a
+   Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+
+'ex'
+     The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the height of
+     the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths.
+
+'em'
+     Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
+     often used for horizontal lengths.  This is also often the size of
+     the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will have 1em = 10pt.
+     LaTeX has several commands to produce horizontal spaces based on
+     the em (*note \enspace & \quad & \qquad::).
+
+'mu'
+     Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of
+     the math unit "mu", defined by 1em = 18mu, where the em is taken
+     from the current math symbols family.  *Note Spacing in math
+     mode::.
+
+   Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}' is
+more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a
 definition given in points.
 
-   In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math
-unit "mu" given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family.  *Note Spacing in math mode::.
-
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \setlength,  Next: \addtolength,  Prev: Units of length,  Up: Lengths
 
@@ -8940,8 +8951,7 @@
 '\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you
 get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'.
 If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get
-an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
-\relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}'
+an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero.'.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \addtolength,  Next: \settodepth,  Prev: \setlength,  Up: Lengths
@@ -11871,7 +11881,7 @@
      centered.
 
 'empty'
-     The header and footer is empty.
+     The header and footer are both empty.
 
 'headings'
      Put running headers and footers on each page.  The document style
@@ -12531,13 +12541,13 @@
 here
 
      \renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
-       \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+       \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
 
 which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.  Similarly, adjust
 the dot spacing as with
 
      \renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
-       \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+       \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
 
 which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
 
@@ -13827,7 +13837,7 @@
 
    Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in EXTENSION.
 
-   This example declares that all files with names have the form
+   This example declares that all files with names of the form
 'filename-without-dot.mps' will be treated as output from MetaPost,
 meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
 input the file.
@@ -14354,8 +14364,8 @@
 
    The unstarred form '\resizebox' takes VERTICAL LENGTH to be the box's
 height while the starred form '\resizebox*' takes it to be height+depth.
-For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter inch with
-'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This box has both height and
+For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter-inch with
+'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and
 depth.}}'.
 
    You can use '\depth', '\height', '\totalheight', and '\width' to
@@ -14814,8 +14824,8 @@
 
    A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from
 accent marks and letters.  The accent mark is selected by NUMBER, a
-numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument to
+construct the accented character in the current font.
 
    These are accented 'e' characters.
 
@@ -14825,7 +14835,8 @@
      \accent22 e
      \accent23 e
 
-The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
 
    The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so
 the outcome of '\accent' use may differ between fonts.  In LaTeX it is
@@ -16644,9 +16655,9 @@
 
      \openout NUMBER=FILENAME
 
-   Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  The NUMBER must
-be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3' (in LuaLaTeX NUMBER can be between
-0 and 255).
+   Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  In most
+engines, the NUMBER must be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3'; in
+LuaLaTeX, NUMBER can be between 0 and 127.
 
    Here TeX opens the file 'presidents.tex' for reading.
 
@@ -19054,7 +19065,7 @@
 * box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.    (line   6)
 * box, use saved box:                    \usebox.             (line   6)
 * boxes:                                 Boxes.               (line   6)
-* bp:                                    Units of length.     (line  20)
+* bp:                                    Units of length.     (line  19)
 * brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.        (line  89)
 * brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.        (line  92)
 * braces:                                Delimiters.          (line   6)
@@ -19079,7 +19090,7 @@
                                                               (line  18)
 * category code, character:              \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                               (line  18)
-* cc:                                    Units of length.     (line  33)
+* cc:                                    Units of length.     (line  32)
 * cc list, in letters:                   \cc.                 (line   6)
 * cedilla accent:                        Accents.             (line  61)
 * center environment:                    center.              (line   6)
@@ -19089,7 +19100,7 @@
 * centered period, in text:              Text symbols.        (line 170)
 * centering text, declaration for:       \centering.          (line   6)
 * centering text, environment for:       center.              (line   6)
-* centimeter:                            Units of length.     (line  24)
+* centimeter:                            Units of length.     (line  27)
 * changing case of characters:           Upper and lower case.
                                                               (line   6)
 * chapter:                               Sectioning.          (line   6)
@@ -19143,7 +19154,7 @@
                                                               (line  99)
 * closing letters:                       \closing.            (line   6)
 * closing quote:                         Text symbols.        (line  58)
-* cm:                                    Units of length.     (line  24)
+* cm:                                    Units of length.     (line  26)
 * cm-super package:                      fontenc package.     (line  36)
 * cmd.exe, used by \write18:             \write18.            (line  60)
 * code, typesetting:                     verbatim.            (line   6)
@@ -19220,7 +19231,7 @@
 * dbltopnumber:                          Floats.              (line 134)
 * dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.              (line 135)
 * dcolumn package:                       array.               (line  74)
-* dd:                                    Units of length.     (line  30)
+* dd:                                    Units of length.     (line  29)
 * declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes.         (line  24)
 * declaration form of font style commands: Font styles.       (line   8)
 * define color:                          Define colors.       (line   6)
@@ -19302,8 +19313,8 @@
 * e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.         (line  16)
 * ellipses:                              Dots.                (line   6)
 * ellipsis:                              Text symbols.        (line  39)
-* em:                                    Units of length.     (line  38)
-* em <1>:                                Units of length.     (line  38)
+* em:                                    Units of length.     (line  46)
+* em <1>:                                Units of length.     (line  45)
 * em-dash:                               Text symbols.        (line 119)
 * em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.        (line 201)
 * em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.        (line 207)
@@ -19352,6 +19363,7 @@
 * environment, picture:                  picture.             (line   6)
 * environment, quotation:                quotation & quote.   (line   6)
 * environment, quote:                    quotation & quote.   (line   6)
+* environment, sloppypar:                sloppypar.           (line   6)
 * environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.             (line   6)
 * environment, table:                    table.               (line   6)
 * environment, tabular:                  tabular.             (line   6)
@@ -19394,8 +19406,8 @@
 * euro symbol:                           Text symbols.        (line 128)
 * eurosym package:                       Text symbols.        (line 128)
 * eurosym package <1>:                   Text symbols.        (line 129)
-* ex:                                    Units of length.     (line  38)
-* ex <1>:                                Units of length.     (line  38)
+* ex:                                    Units of length.     (line  42)
+* ex <1>:                                Units of length.     (line  41)
 * exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.        (line 136)
 * executivepaper option:                 Document class options.
                                                               (line  19)
@@ -19579,7 +19591,7 @@
 * immediate \write:                      \write.              (line  60)
 * implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.         (line   6)
 * importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.    (line   6)
-* in:                                    Units of length.     (line  17)
+* in:                                    Units of length.     (line  16)
 * inch:                                  Units of length.     (line  17)
 * including graphics:                    \includegraphics.    (line   6)
 * indent, forcing:                       \indent & \noindent. (line   6)
@@ -19751,7 +19763,7 @@
 * lualatex-dev:                          TeX engines.         (line  65)
 * LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.         (line  33)
 * LuaTeX, 256 output streams in:         \write.              (line  42)
-* m-width:                               Units of length.     (line  38)
+* m-width:                               Units of length.     (line  46)
 * macron accent:                         Accents.             (line  36)
 * macron accent, math:                   Math accents.        (line  14)
 * macros2e package:                      \makeatletter & \makeatother.
@@ -19802,21 +19814,21 @@
                                                               (line  45)
 * mhchem package:                        Subscripts & superscripts.
                                                               (line  62)
-* millimeter:                            Units of length.     (line  27)
+* millimeter:                            Units of length.     (line  24)
 * minipage environment:                  minipage.            (line   6)
 * minipage, creating a:                  minipage.            (line   6)
 * minted package:                        tabbing.             (line 146)
 * minted package <1>:                    verbatim.            (line  35)
 * minted package <2>:                    \verb.               (line  42)
 * mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.                (line  25)
-* mm:                                    Units of length.     (line  27)
+* mm:                                    Units of length.     (line  23)
 * modes:                                 Modes.               (line   6)
 * monospace font:                        Font styles.         (line  97)
 * moving arguments:                      \protect.            (line  19)
 * mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.           (line  62)
 * mpfootnote counter <1>:                Counters.            (line  15)
-* mu:                                    Units of length.     (line  49)
-* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.     (line  49)
+* mu:                                    Units of length.     (line  52)
+* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.     (line  53)
 * multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.          (line   6)
 * multilingual support:                  Accents.             (line   6)
 * multind package:                       Indexes.             (line  51)
@@ -20046,6 +20058,8 @@
 * package, siunitx:                      minipage.            (line 137)
 * package, siunitx <1>:                  ~.                   (line  42)
 * package, suffix:                       \@ifstar.            (line  64)
+* package, tablefootnote:                Footnotes in a table.
+                                                              (line  53)
 * package, texosquery:                   \write18.            (line  65)
 * package, textcase:                     Upper and lower case.
                                                               (line  42)
@@ -20117,7 +20131,7 @@
 * part <1>:                              \part.               (line   6)
 * part counter:                          Counters.            (line  15)
 * pattern, current tab stops, tabbing:   tabbing.             (line  51)
-* pc:                                    Units of length.     (line  14)
+* pc:                                    Units of length.     (line  13)
 * PDF graphic files:                     \includegraphics.    (line   6)
 * pdflatex:                              TeX engines.         (line  15)
 * pdflatex command:                      Output files.        (line  20)
@@ -20153,6 +20167,7 @@
 * positional parameter:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                               (line  54)
 * postamble:                             makeindex.           (line  54)
+* PostScript point:                      Units of length.     (line  20)
 * postscript, in letters:                \ps.                 (line   6)
 * pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.        (line  51)
 * preamble:                              makeindex.           (line  50)
@@ -20162,7 +20177,7 @@
                                                               (line  23)
 * pronunciation:                         Overview.            (line  27)
 * PSTricks package:                      \line.               (line  35)
-* pt:                                    Units of length.     (line  10)
+* pt:                                    Units of length.     (line   9)
 * quad:                                  Spacing in math mode.
                                                               (line  69)
 * question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.        (line 173)
@@ -20278,13 +20293,13 @@
 * skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.          (line   6)
 * slanted font:                          Font styles.         (line  94)
 * slides class:                          Document classes.    (line  11)
-* sloppypar:                             sloppypar.           (line   6)
 * sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.           (line   6)
+* sloppypar environment <1>:             sloppypar.           (line   6)
 * slot, font:                            \DeclareTextAccent.  (line  13)
 * small caps font:                       Font styles.         (line  88)
 * sort:                                  \newglossaryentry.   (line  55)
 * source files, making self-contained:   filecontents.        (line  42)
-* sp:                                    Units of length.     (line  36)
+* sp:                                    Units of length.     (line  35)
 * space between lines:                   \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
                                                               (line   6)
 * space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.                (line   6)
@@ -20377,6 +20392,8 @@
 * table of contents, creating:           Table of contents etc..
                                                               (line   6)
 * table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning.  (line  81)
+* tablefootnote package:                 Footnotes in a table.
+                                                              (line  53)
 * tables, creating:                      table.               (line   6)
 * tabular environment:                   tabular.             (line   6)
 * template (simple), article:            article template.    (line   6)
@@ -20531,7 +20548,7 @@
                                                               (line  48)
 * writing external files:                filecontents.        (line   6)
 * writing letters:                       Letters.             (line   6)
-* x-height:                              Units of length.     (line  38)
+* x-height:                              Units of length.     (line  42)
 * xdvi command:                          Output files.        (line  10)
 * xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.         (line  42)
 * xelatex:                               TeX engines.         (line  41)
@@ -20549,550 +20566,549 @@
 
 
 Tag Table:
-Node: Top1855
-Node: About this document3662
-Node: Overview5400
-Node: Starting and ending7180
-Ref: Starting & ending7315
-Node: Output files8492
-Ref: output files dvi8771
-Ref: output files pdf9283
-Ref: output files log9608
-Ref: output files aux9805
-Node: TeX engines10774
-Ref: tex engines latex11310
-Ref: tex engines lualatex12145
-Ref: tex engines xelatex12606
-Node: LaTeX command syntax14566
-Node: Environment16493
-Node: CTAN17720
-Node: Document classes19176
-Ref: document classes article19616
-Ref: document classes book19704
-Ref: document classes letter19889
-Ref: document classes report19965
-Ref: document classes slides20117
-Node: Document class options20570
-Node: Additional packages23652
-Node: Class and package construction24283
-Node: Class and package structure25733
-Node: Class and package commands28028
-Node: Fonts45633
-Ref: Typefaces45736
-Node: fontenc package47698
-Node: \DeclareFontEncoding51950
-Node: \DeclareTextAccent53370
-Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault54289
-Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand55364
-Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault57616
-Node: \DeclareTextComposite58928
-Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand60013
-Node: \DeclareTextSymbol60695
-Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault61804
-Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding62764
-Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent63388
-Node: Font styles64598
-Node: Font sizes68828
-Node: Low-level font commands71707
-Ref: low level font commands fontencoding71991
-Ref: low level font commands fontfamily72547
-Ref: low level font commands fontseries73310
-Ref: low level font commands fontshape74442
-Ref: low level font commands fontsize74759
-Ref: low level font commands linespread75336
-Ref: low level font commands selectfont75617
-Ref: low level font commands usefont75943
-Node: Layout76186
-Node: \onecolumn76752
-Node: \twocolumn77111
-Ref: twocolumn columnsep77734
-Ref: twocolumn columnseprule77978
-Ref: twocolumn columnwidth78278
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction78861
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction79827
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep80065
-Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep80374
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber80554
-Node: \flushbottom81503
-Node: \raggedbottom82603
-Node: Page layout parameters83139
-Ref: page layout parameters columnsep83368
-Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule83368
-Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth83368
-Ref: page layout parameters headheight83622
-Ref: page layout parameters headsep83789
-Ref: page layout parameters footskip84101
-Ref: page layout parameters linewidth84435
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush84788
-Ref: page layout parameters marginsep84788
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth84788
-Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin85828
-Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin85828
-Ref: page layout parameters paperheight86373
-Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth86599
-Ref: page layout parameters textheight86823
-Ref: page layout parameters textwidth87212
-Ref: page layout parameters hsize88150
-Ref: page layout parameters topmargin88347
-Ref: page layout parameters topskip88651
-Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch88867
-Node: Floats94037
-Ref: floats bottomfraction98375
-Ref: floats floatpagefraction98502
-Ref: floats textfraction98613
-Ref: floats topfraction98815
-Ref: floats floatsep99067
-Ref: floats intextsep99177
-Ref: floats textfloatsep99392
-Ref: floats bottomnumber99656
-Ref: floats dbltopnumber99764
-Ref: floats topnumber99883
-Ref: floats totalnumber99987
-Node: \caption100604
-Node: Sectioning103330
-Ref: sectioning secnumdepth106439
-Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth106439
-Ref: sectioning tocdepth107065
-Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth107065
-Node: \part108105
-Node: \chapter110277
-Node: \section114050
-Node: \subsection117317
-Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph120031
-Node: \appendix122688
-Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter123981
-Node: \@startsection125390
-Ref: startsection name126879
-Ref: \@startsection/name126879
-Ref: startsection level127333
-Ref: \@startsection/level127333
-Ref: startsection indent128214
-Ref: \@startsection/indent128214
-Ref: startsection beforeskip128477
-Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip128477
-Ref: startsection afterskip129998
-Ref: \@startsection/afterskip129998
-Ref: startsection style131309
-Ref: \@startsection/style131309
-Node: Cross references135010
-Node: \label137159
-Node: \pageref138979
-Node: \ref139769
-Node: xr package140764
-Node: Environments142585
-Node: abstract144587
-Node: array146176
-Node: center149089
-Node: \centering150842
-Node: description152339
-Node: displaymath154556
-Node: document156252
-Node: \AtBeginDocument156682
-Node: \AtEndDocument157306
-Node: enumerate157950
-Ref: enumerate enumi159813
-Ref: enumerate enumii159813
-Ref: enumerate enumiii159813
-Ref: enumerate enumiv159813
-Ref: enumerate labelenumi160211
-Ref: enumerate labelenumii160211
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiii160211
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiv160211
-Node: eqnarray160750
-Node: equation162746
-Node: figure163414
-Node: filecontents165587
-Node: flushleft167496
-Node: \raggedright168523
-Node: flushright169721
-Node: \raggedleft170545
-Node: itemize171416
-Ref: itemize labelitemi172964
-Ref: itemize labelitemii172964
-Ref: itemize labelitemiii172964
-Ref: itemize labelitemiv172964
-Ref: itemize leftmargin173623
-Ref: itemize leftmargini173623
-Ref: itemize leftmarginii173623
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiii173623
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiv173623
-Ref: itemize leftmarginv173623
-Ref: itemize leftmarginvi173623
-Node: letter175105
-Node: list175343
-Ref: list makelabel177790
-Ref: list itemindent179175
-Ref: list itemsep179312
-Ref: list labelsep179965
-Ref: list labelwidth180128
-Ref: list leftmargin181139
-Ref: list listparindent181992
-Ref: list parsep182223
-Ref: list partopsep182691
-Ref: list rightmargin183489
-Ref: list topsep183674
-Ref: list beginparpenalty187250
-Ref: list itempenalty187349
-Ref: list endparpenalty187453
-Node: \item188324
-Node: trivlist189570
-Node: math191098
-Node: minipage191404
-Node: picture197001
-Node: \put203231
-Node: \multiput203796
-Node: \qbezier204535
-Node: \graphpaper206008
-Node: \line206802
-Node: \linethickness208776
-Node: \thinlines209241
-Node: \thicklines209652
-Node: \circle210037
-Node: \oval210579
-Node: \shortstack211594
-Node: \vector213292
-Node: \makebox (picture)214206
-Node: \framebox (picture)215388
-Node: \frame216861
-Node: \dashbox217301
-Node: quotation & quote218436
-Node: tabbing219332
-Node: table225235
-Node: tabular227318
-Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth233655
-Ref: tabular arraystrech233895
-Ref: tabular doublerulesep234116
-Ref: tabular tabcolsep234252
-Node: \multicolumn234773
-Node: \vline238650
-Node: \cline240041
-Node: \hline240751
-Node: thebibliography241433
-Node: \bibitem243916
-Node: \cite246218
-Node: \nocite248086
-Node: Using BibTeX248594
-Node: BibTeX error messages250974
-Node: theorem251879
-Node: titlepage252801
-Node: verbatim254084
-Node: \verb255897
-Node: verse257990
-Node: Line breaking259217
-Node: \\260583
-Node: \obeycr & \restorecr263013
-Node: \newline263824
-Node: \- (hyphenation)264865
-Node: \discretionary266505
-Node: \fussy & \sloppy267396
-Node: sloppypar268211
-Node: \hyphenation269357
-Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak269977
-Node: Page breaking271157
-Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage273187
-Node: \newpage274707
-Node: \enlargethispage276005
-Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak276961
-Node: Footnotes278932
-Node: \footnote280078
-Ref: footnote footnoterule281346
-Ref: footnote footnotesep281957
-Node: \footnotemark283023
-Node: \footnotetext285380
-Node: Footnotes in section headings285982
-Node: Footnotes in a table286815
-Node: Footnotes of footnotes289737
-Node: Definitions290435
-Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand291482
-Node: Control sequences296917
-Node: \providecommand298271
-Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother299434
-Node: \@ifstar301536
-Node: \newcounter305021
-Node: \newlength306741
-Node: \newsavebox307664
-Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment308643
-Node: \newtheorem313967
-Node: \newfont317539
-Node: \protect318772
-Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend321160
-Node: xspace package323910
-Node: Counters326120
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol327821
-Node: \usecounter330456
-Node: \value331315
-Node: \setcounter332368
-Node: \addtocounter332964
-Node: \refstepcounter333418
-Node: \stepcounter334087
-Node: \day & \month & \year334640
-Node: Lengths335549
-Node: Units of length340137
-Ref: units of length pt340340
-Ref: units of length pc340440
-Ref: units of length in340463
-Ref: units of length bp340489
-Ref: units of length cm340620
+Node: Top1861
+Node: About this document3668
+Node: Overview5406
+Node: Starting and ending7186
+Ref: Starting & ending7321
+Node: Output files8498
+Ref: output files dvi8777
+Ref: output files pdf9289
+Ref: output files log9614
+Ref: output files aux9811
+Node: TeX engines10780
+Ref: tex engines latex11316
+Ref: tex engines lualatex12151
+Ref: tex engines xelatex12612
+Node: LaTeX command syntax14572
+Node: Environment16499
+Node: CTAN17726
+Node: Document classes19182
+Ref: document classes article19622
+Ref: document classes book19710
+Ref: document classes letter19895
+Ref: document classes report19971
+Ref: document classes slides20123
+Node: Document class options20576
+Node: Additional packages23658
+Node: Class and package construction24289
+Node: Class and package structure25739
+Node: Class and package commands28034
+Node: Fonts45639
+Ref: Typefaces45742
+Node: fontenc package47704
+Node: \DeclareFontEncoding51956
+Node: \DeclareTextAccent53376
+Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault54295
+Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand55370
+Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault57622
+Node: \DeclareTextComposite58934
+Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand60019
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbol60701
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault61810
+Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding62770
+Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent63394
+Node: Font styles64604
+Node: Font sizes68834
+Node: Low-level font commands71713
+Ref: low level font commands fontencoding71997
+Ref: low level font commands fontfamily72553
+Ref: low level font commands fontseries73316
+Ref: low level font commands fontshape74448
+Ref: low level font commands fontsize74765
+Ref: low level font commands linespread75342
+Ref: low level font commands selectfont75623
+Ref: low level font commands usefont75949
+Node: Layout76192
+Node: \onecolumn76758
+Node: \twocolumn77117
+Ref: twocolumn columnsep77740
+Ref: twocolumn columnseprule77984
+Ref: twocolumn columnwidth78284
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction78867
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction79833
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep80071
+Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep80380
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber80560
+Node: \flushbottom81509
+Node: \raggedbottom82609
+Node: Page layout parameters83145
+Ref: page layout parameters columnsep83374
+Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule83374
+Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth83374
+Ref: page layout parameters headheight83628
+Ref: page layout parameters headsep83795
+Ref: page layout parameters footskip84107
+Ref: page layout parameters linewidth84441
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush84794
+Ref: page layout parameters marginsep84794
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth84794
+Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin85834
+Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin85834
+Ref: page layout parameters paperheight86379
+Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth86605
+Ref: page layout parameters textheight86829
+Ref: page layout parameters textwidth87218
+Ref: page layout parameters hsize88156
+Ref: page layout parameters topmargin88353
+Ref: page layout parameters topskip88657
+Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch88873
+Node: Floats94043
+Ref: floats bottomfraction98381
+Ref: floats floatpagefraction98508
+Ref: floats textfraction98619
+Ref: floats topfraction98821
+Ref: floats floatsep99073
+Ref: floats intextsep99183
+Ref: floats textfloatsep99398
+Ref: floats bottomnumber99662
+Ref: floats dbltopnumber99770
+Ref: floats topnumber99889
+Ref: floats totalnumber99993
+Node: \caption100610
+Node: Sectioning103336
+Ref: sectioning secnumdepth106445
+Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth106445
+Ref: sectioning tocdepth107071
+Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth107071
+Node: \part108111
+Node: \chapter110283
+Node: \section114056
+Node: \subsection117323
+Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph120037
+Node: \appendix122694
+Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter123987
+Node: \@startsection125396
+Ref: startsection name126885
+Ref: \@startsection/name126885
+Ref: startsection level127339
+Ref: \@startsection/level127339
+Ref: startsection indent128220
+Ref: \@startsection/indent128220
+Ref: startsection beforeskip128483
+Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip128483
+Ref: startsection afterskip130004
+Ref: \@startsection/afterskip130004
+Ref: startsection style131315
+Ref: \@startsection/style131315
+Node: Cross references135016
+Node: \label137165
+Node: \pageref138985
+Node: \ref139775
+Node: xr package140770
+Node: Environments142591
+Node: abstract144593
+Node: array146182
+Node: center149095
+Node: \centering150848
+Node: description152345
+Node: displaymath154562
+Node: document156258
+Node: \AtBeginDocument156688
+Node: \AtEndDocument157312
+Node: enumerate157956
+Ref: enumerate enumi159819
+Ref: enumerate enumii159819
+Ref: enumerate enumiii159819
+Ref: enumerate enumiv159819
+Ref: enumerate labelenumi160217
+Ref: enumerate labelenumii160217
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiii160217
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiv160217
+Node: eqnarray160756
+Node: equation162752
+Node: figure163420
+Node: filecontents165593
+Node: flushleft167502
+Node: \raggedright168529
+Node: flushright169727
+Node: \raggedleft170551
+Node: itemize171422
+Ref: itemize labelitemi172970
+Ref: itemize labelitemii172970
+Ref: itemize labelitemiii172970
+Ref: itemize labelitemiv172970
+Ref: itemize leftmargin173629
+Ref: itemize leftmargini173629
+Ref: itemize leftmarginii173629
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiii173629
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiv173629
+Ref: itemize leftmarginv173629
+Ref: itemize leftmarginvi173629
+Node: letter175111
+Node: list175349
+Ref: list makelabel177796
+Ref: list itemindent179181
+Ref: list itemsep179318
+Ref: list labelsep179971
+Ref: list labelwidth180134
+Ref: list leftmargin181145
+Ref: list listparindent181998
+Ref: list parsep182229
+Ref: list partopsep182697
+Ref: list rightmargin183495
+Ref: list topsep183680
+Ref: list beginparpenalty187256
+Ref: list itempenalty187355
+Ref: list endparpenalty187459
+Node: \item188330
+Node: trivlist189576
+Node: math191104
+Node: minipage191410
+Node: picture197007
+Node: \put203237
+Node: \multiput203802
+Node: \qbezier204541
+Node: \graphpaper206014
+Node: \line206808
+Node: \linethickness208782
+Node: \thinlines209247
+Node: \thicklines209658
+Node: \circle210043
+Node: \oval210585
+Node: \shortstack211600
+Node: \vector213298
+Node: \makebox (picture)214212
+Node: \framebox (picture)215394
+Node: \frame216867
+Node: \dashbox217307
+Node: quotation & quote218442
+Node: tabbing219338
+Node: table225241
+Node: tabular227324
+Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth233661
+Ref: tabular arraystrech233901
+Ref: tabular doublerulesep234122
+Ref: tabular tabcolsep234258
+Node: \multicolumn234779
+Node: \vline238656
+Node: \cline240047
+Node: \hline240757
+Node: thebibliography241439
+Node: \bibitem243922
+Node: \cite246224
+Node: \nocite248092
+Node: Using BibTeX248600
+Node: BibTeX error messages250980
+Node: theorem251885
+Node: titlepage252807
+Node: verbatim254090
+Node: \verb255903
+Node: verse257996
+Node: Line breaking259223
+Node: \\260589
+Node: \obeycr & \restorecr263019
+Node: \newline263830
+Node: \- (hyphenation)264871
+Node: \discretionary266511
+Node: \fussy & \sloppy267402
+Node: sloppypar268217
+Node: \hyphenation269363
+Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak269983
+Node: Page breaking271163
+Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage273193
+Node: \newpage274713
+Node: \enlargethispage276011
+Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak276967
+Node: Footnotes278938
+Node: \footnote280084
+Ref: footnote footnoterule281352
+Ref: footnote footnotesep281963
+Node: \footnotemark283029
+Node: \footnotetext285386
+Node: Footnotes in section headings285988
+Node: Footnotes in a table286821
+Node: Footnotes of footnotes289752
+Node: Definitions290450
+Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand291497
+Node: Control sequences296932
+Node: \providecommand298286
+Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother299449
+Node: \@ifstar301551
+Node: \newcounter305036
+Node: \newlength306756
+Node: \newsavebox307679
+Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment308658
+Node: \newtheorem313982
+Node: \newfont317554
+Node: \protect318787
+Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend321175
+Node: xspace package323925
+Node: Counters326135
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol327836
+Node: \usecounter330471
+Node: \value331330
+Node: \setcounter332383
+Node: \addtocounter332979
+Node: \refstepcounter333433
+Node: \stepcounter334102
+Node: \day & \month & \year334655
+Node: Lengths335564
+Node: Units of length340142
+Ref: units of length pt340345
+Ref: units of length pc340462
+Ref: units of length in340485
+Ref: units of length bp340511
 Ref: units of length mm340642
-Ref: units of length dd340664
-Ref: units of length cc340696
-Ref: units of length sp340721
-Ref: Lengths/em340752
-Ref: Lengths/en340752
-Ref: Lengths/ex340752
-Ref: units of length em340752
-Ref: units of length en340752
-Ref: units of length ex340752
-Node: \setlength341608
-Node: \addtolength342791
-Node: \settodepth344214
-Node: \settoheight345202
-Node: \settowidth346200
-Node: \stretch347205
-Node: Expressions348407
-Node: Making paragraphs353221
-Node: \par355536
-Node: \indent & \noindent357582
-Node: \parindent & \parskip359117
-Node: Marginal notes360446
-Ref: marginal notes marginparpush361842
-Ref: marginal notes marginparsep362016
-Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth362148
-Node: Math formulas362497
-Node: Subscripts & superscripts365545
-Node: Math symbols367706
-Node: Arrows391477
-Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath392665
-Node: Blackboard bold394184
-Node: Calligraphic394986
-Node: Delimiters395517
-Node: \left & \right397704
-Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.401741
-Node: Dots404511
-Ref: ellipses cdots404942
-Ref: ellipses ddots405087
-Ref: ellipses ldots405168
-Ref: ellipses vdots405585
-Node: Greek letters406769
-Node: Math functions408448
-Node: Math accents410092
-Node: Over- and Underlining410991
-Node: Spacing in math mode412818
-Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace413749
-Ref: spacing in math mode medspace414200
-Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace414656
-Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace414656
-Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace415137
-Ref: spacing in math mode quad415510
-Ref: spacing in math mode qquad415766
-Node: \smash416104
-Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom418321
-Node: \mathstrut420895
-Node: Math styles421857
-Node: Math miscellany424591
-Node: Colon character & \colon425088
-Node: \*425781
-Node: \frac426361
-Node: \sqrt426732
-Node: \stackrel427318
-Node: Modes427591
-Ref: modes paragraph mode428041
-Ref: modes lr mode428353
-Ref: modes math mode428959
-Ref: modes vertical mode429294
-Ref: modes internal vertical mode429512
-Ref: modes inner paragraph mode430035
-Ref: modes outer paragraph mode430035
-Node: \ensuremath430449
-Node: Page styles431154
-Node: \maketitle431917
-Node: \pagenumbering434935
-Node: \pagestyle436922
-Node: \thispagestyle440424
-Node: Spaces441378
-Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad442698
-Node: \hspace443613
-Node: \hfill445470
-Node: \hss446534
-Node: \spacefactor447228
-Node: \@450635
-Ref: \AT450755
-Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing452695
-Ref: \frenchspacing452813
-Node: \normalsfcodes453615
-Node: \(SPACE)453883
-Ref: Leading blanks455823
-Node: ~456136
-Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace458946
-Node: \/460144
-Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill462102
-Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip463458
-Ref: bigskip464276
-Ref: medskip464480
-Ref: smallskip464689
-Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak465350
-Node: \strut466336
-Node: \vspace469573
-Node: \vfill471134
-Node: \addvspace472062
-Node: Boxes474108
-Node: \mbox & \makebox474814
-Ref: mbox makebox depth476082
-Ref: mbox makebox height476082
-Ref: mbox makebox width476082
-Ref: mbox makebox totalheight476082
-Node: \fbox & \framebox478177
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule479484
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep479674
-Node: \parbox480776
-Node: \raisebox483082
-Ref: raisebox depth484055
-Ref: raisebox height484055
-Ref: raisebox width484055
-Ref: raisebox totalheight484055
-Node: \sbox & \savebox484756
-Node: lrbox487842
-Node: \usebox488728
-Node: Color489167
-Node: Color package options489966
-Node: Color models491612
-Ref: color models cmyk492409
-Ref: color models gray492772
-Ref: color models rgb492921
-Ref: color models RGB493258
-Ref: color models named493633
-Node: Commands for color493921
-Node: Define colors494336
-Node: Colored text495061
-Node: Colored boxes497458
-Node: Colored pages498847
-Node: Graphics499540
-Node: Graphics package options501666
-Node: Graphics package configuration504419
-Node: \graphicspath505221
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions508179
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule509997
-Node: Commands for graphics513178
-Node: \includegraphics513683
-Ref: includegraphics width518746
-Ref: includegraphics height519279
-Ref: includegraphics totalheight519685
-Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio519949
-Ref: includegraphics viewport521635
-Ref: includegraphics trim522030
-Ref: includegraphics clip522486
-Ref: includegraphics page522746
-Ref: includegraphics pagebox522837
-Ref: includegraphics interpolate523702
-Ref: includegraphics quiet523907
-Ref: includegraphics draft524068
-Ref: includegraphics bb524873
-Ref: includegraphics bbllx525271
-Ref: includegraphics bblly525271
-Ref: includegraphics bburx525271
-Ref: includegraphics bbury525271
-Ref: includegraphics natwidth525413
-Ref: includegraphics natheight525413
-Ref: includegraphics hiresbb525599
-Ref: includegraphics type526361
-Ref: includegraphics ext526401
-Ref: includegraphics read526504
-Ref: includegraphics command526621
-Node: \rotatebox526867
-Node: \scalebox529721
-Node: \resizebox530801
-Node: Special insertions531993
-Node: Reserved characters532861
-Node: Upper and lower case534121
-Node: Symbols by font position536507
-Node: Text symbols537186
-Node: Accents542170
-Node: \accent544455
-Node: Additional Latin letters546217
-Ref: Non-English characters546399
-Node: inputenc package547418
-Ref: \inputencoding549634
-Node: \rule549970
-Node: \today551158
-Node: Splitting the input552094
-Node: \endinput553836
-Node: \include & \includeonly555139
-Node: \input559436
-Node: Front/back matter560651
-Node: Table of contents etc.560984
-Node: \@dottedtocline566745
-Node: \addcontentsline568332
-Node: \addtocontents571395
-Node: \contentsline573612
-Node: \nofiles575390
-Node: \numberline576141
-Node: Indexes577305
-Node: Produce the index manually580099
-Node: \index581263
-Node: makeindex586474
-Ref: makeindex preamble588142
-Ref: makeindex postamble588288
-Ref: makeindex group skip588384
-Ref: makeindex letheadflag588724
-Ref: makeindex lethead prefix589185
-Ref: makeindex lethead suffix589337
-Ref: makeindex item 0589485
-Ref: makeindex item 1589565
-Ref: makeindex item 2589640
-Ref: makeindex item 01589718
-Ref: makeindex item x1589823
-Ref: makeindex item 12590028
-Ref: makeindex item x2590136
-Ref: makeindex delim 0590296
-Ref: makeindex delim 1590426
-Ref: makeindex delim 2590556
-Ref: makeindex delim n590682
-Ref: makeindex delim r590817
-Ref: makeindex line max590925
-Ref: makeindex indent space591060
-Ref: makeindex indent length591155
-Ref: makeindex page precedence591340
-Node: \printindex592377
-Node: Glossaries592850
-Node: \newglossaryentry594817
-Node: \gls596284
-Node: Letters597078
-Node: \address600696
-Node: \cc601507
-Node: \closing601949
-Node: \encl602263
-Node: \location602677
-Node: \makelabels602941
-Node: \name605258
-Node: \opening605499
-Node: \ps605780
-Node: \signature606069
-Node: \telephone607297
-Node: Input/output607662
-Node: \openin & \openout608392
-Node: \read611135
-Node: \typein612322
-Node: \typeout613582
-Node: \write614622
-Node: \write and security619349
-Node: \message620293
-Node: \wlog622122
-Node: \write18622623
-Node: Command line interface626114
-Ref: Command line626278
-Node: Command line options628431
-Ref: interaction modes629434
-Ref: output directory630388
-Node: Command line input632087
-Node: Jobname634204
-Node: Recovering from errors637447
-Node: Document templates638875
-Node: beamer template639309
-Node: article template639951
-Node: book template640414
-Node: Larger book template640893
-Node: Index642435
-Ref: Command Index642521
+Ref: units of length cm340674
+Ref: units of length dd340703
+Ref: units of length cc340735
+Ref: units of length sp340760
+Ref: Lengths/ex340902
+Ref: units of length ex340902
+Ref: Lengths/em341045
+Ref: units of length em341045
+Ref: units of length mu341386
+Node: \setlength341915
+Node: \addtolength343027
+Node: \settodepth344450
+Node: \settoheight345438
+Node: \settowidth346436
+Node: \stretch347441
+Node: Expressions348643
+Node: Making paragraphs353457
+Node: \par355772
+Node: \indent & \noindent357818
+Node: \parindent & \parskip359353
+Node: Marginal notes360682
+Ref: marginal notes marginparpush362078
+Ref: marginal notes marginparsep362252
+Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth362384
+Node: Math formulas362733
+Node: Subscripts & superscripts365781
+Node: Math symbols367942
+Node: Arrows391713
+Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath392901
+Node: Blackboard bold394420
+Node: Calligraphic395222
+Node: Delimiters395753
+Node: \left & \right397940
+Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.401977
+Node: Dots404747
+Ref: ellipses cdots405178
+Ref: ellipses ddots405323
+Ref: ellipses ldots405404
+Ref: ellipses vdots405821
+Node: Greek letters407005
+Node: Math functions408684
+Node: Math accents410328
+Node: Over- and Underlining411227
+Node: Spacing in math mode413054
+Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace413985
+Ref: spacing in math mode medspace414436
+Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace414892
+Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace414892
+Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace415373
+Ref: spacing in math mode quad415746
+Ref: spacing in math mode qquad416002
+Node: \smash416340
+Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom418557
+Node: \mathstrut421131
+Node: Math styles422093
+Node: Math miscellany424827
+Node: Colon character & \colon425324
+Node: \*426017
+Node: \frac426597
+Node: \sqrt426968
+Node: \stackrel427554
+Node: Modes427827
+Ref: modes paragraph mode428277
+Ref: modes lr mode428589
+Ref: modes math mode429195
+Ref: modes vertical mode429530
+Ref: modes internal vertical mode429748
+Ref: modes inner paragraph mode430271
+Ref: modes outer paragraph mode430271
+Node: \ensuremath430685
+Node: Page styles431390
+Node: \maketitle432153
+Node: \pagenumbering435171
+Node: \pagestyle437158
+Node: \thispagestyle440666
+Node: Spaces441620
+Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad442940
+Node: \hspace443855
+Node: \hfill445712
+Node: \hss446776
+Node: \spacefactor447470
+Node: \@450877
+Ref: \AT450997
+Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing452937
+Ref: \frenchspacing453055
+Node: \normalsfcodes453857
+Node: \(SPACE)454125
+Ref: Leading blanks456065
+Node: ~456378
+Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace459188
+Node: \/460386
+Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill462344
+Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip463704
+Ref: bigskip464522
+Ref: medskip464726
+Ref: smallskip464935
+Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak465596
+Node: \strut466582
+Node: \vspace469819
+Node: \vfill471380
+Node: \addvspace472308
+Node: Boxes474354
+Node: \mbox & \makebox475060
+Ref: mbox makebox depth476328
+Ref: mbox makebox height476328
+Ref: mbox makebox width476328
+Ref: mbox makebox totalheight476328
+Node: \fbox & \framebox478423
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule479730
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep479920
+Node: \parbox481022
+Node: \raisebox483328
+Ref: raisebox depth484301
+Ref: raisebox height484301
+Ref: raisebox width484301
+Ref: raisebox totalheight484301
+Node: \sbox & \savebox485002
+Node: lrbox488088
+Node: \usebox488974
+Node: Color489413
+Node: Color package options490212
+Node: Color models491858
+Ref: color models cmyk492655
+Ref: color models gray493018
+Ref: color models rgb493167
+Ref: color models RGB493504
+Ref: color models named493879
+Node: Commands for color494167
+Node: Define colors494582
+Node: Colored text495307
+Node: Colored boxes497704
+Node: Colored pages499093
+Node: Graphics499786
+Node: Graphics package options501912
+Node: Graphics package configuration504665
+Node: \graphicspath505467
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions508425
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule510243
+Node: Commands for graphics513422
+Node: \includegraphics513927
+Ref: includegraphics width518990
+Ref: includegraphics height519523
+Ref: includegraphics totalheight519929
+Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio520193
+Ref: includegraphics viewport521879
+Ref: includegraphics trim522274
+Ref: includegraphics clip522730
+Ref: includegraphics page522990
+Ref: includegraphics pagebox523081
+Ref: includegraphics interpolate523946
+Ref: includegraphics quiet524151
+Ref: includegraphics draft524312
+Ref: includegraphics bb525117
+Ref: includegraphics bbllx525515
+Ref: includegraphics bblly525515
+Ref: includegraphics bburx525515
+Ref: includegraphics bbury525515
+Ref: includegraphics natwidth525657
+Ref: includegraphics natheight525657
+Ref: includegraphics hiresbb525843
+Ref: includegraphics type526605
+Ref: includegraphics ext526645
+Ref: includegraphics read526748
+Ref: includegraphics command526865
+Node: \rotatebox527111
+Node: \scalebox529965
+Node: \resizebox531045
+Node: Special insertions532239
+Node: Reserved characters533107
+Node: Upper and lower case534367
+Node: Symbols by font position536753
+Node: Text symbols537432
+Node: Accents542416
+Node: \accent544701
+Node: Additional Latin letters546527
+Ref: Non-English characters546709
+Node: inputenc package547728
+Ref: \inputencoding549944
+Node: \rule550280
+Node: \today551468
+Node: Splitting the input552404
+Node: \endinput554146
+Node: \include & \includeonly555449
+Node: \input559746
+Node: Front/back matter560961
+Node: Table of contents etc.561294
+Node: \@dottedtocline567055
+Node: \addcontentsline568642
+Node: \addtocontents571705
+Node: \contentsline573922
+Node: \nofiles575700
+Node: \numberline576451
+Node: Indexes577615
+Node: Produce the index manually580409
+Node: \index581573
+Node: makeindex586784
+Ref: makeindex preamble588452
+Ref: makeindex postamble588598
+Ref: makeindex group skip588694
+Ref: makeindex letheadflag589034
+Ref: makeindex lethead prefix589495
+Ref: makeindex lethead suffix589647
+Ref: makeindex item 0589795
+Ref: makeindex item 1589875
+Ref: makeindex item 2589950
+Ref: makeindex item 01590028
+Ref: makeindex item x1590133
+Ref: makeindex item 12590338
+Ref: makeindex item x2590446
+Ref: makeindex delim 0590606
+Ref: makeindex delim 1590736
+Ref: makeindex delim 2590866
+Ref: makeindex delim n590992
+Ref: makeindex delim r591127
+Ref: makeindex line max591235
+Ref: makeindex indent space591370
+Ref: makeindex indent length591465
+Ref: makeindex page precedence591650
+Node: \printindex592687
+Node: Glossaries593160
+Node: \newglossaryentry595127
+Node: \gls596594
+Node: Letters597388
+Node: \address601006
+Node: \cc601817
+Node: \closing602259
+Node: \encl602573
+Node: \location602987
+Node: \makelabels603251
+Node: \name605568
+Node: \opening605809
+Node: \ps606090
+Node: \signature606379
+Node: \telephone607607
+Node: Input/output607972
+Node: \openin & \openout608702
+Node: \read611462
+Node: \typein612649
+Node: \typeout613909
+Node: \write614949
+Node: \write and security619676
+Node: \message620620
+Node: \wlog622449
+Node: \write18622950
+Node: Command line interface626441
+Ref: Command line626605
+Node: Command line options628758
+Ref: interaction modes629761
+Ref: output directory630715
+Node: Command line input632414
+Node: Jobname634531
+Node: Recovering from errors637774
+Node: Document templates639202
+Node: beamer template639636
+Node: article template640278
+Node: book template640741
+Node: Larger book template641220
+Node: Index642762
+Ref: Command Index642848
 
 End Tag Table
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
+++ trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
@@ -26,6 +26,8 @@
 @c xx JH something on code listings
 @c xx JH ligatures
 @c
+ at c xx \NewCommandCopy et al. (Brian Dunn, 21 Dec 2021 06:50:17).
+ at c
 @c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel
 @c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included.
 @c xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands.
@@ -52,7 +54,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.@*
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.@*
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.@*
 Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
 
@@ -17414,7 +17416,7 @@
 
 Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in @var{extension}.
 
-This example declares that all files the names of which have the form
+This example declares that all files with names of the form
 @file{filename-without-dot.mps} will be treated as output from MetaPost,
 meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
 input the file.
@@ -18074,7 +18076,7 @@
 The unstarred form @code{\resizebox} takes @var{vertical length} to be
 the box's height while the starred form @code{\resizebox*} takes it to
 be height+depth.  For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with @code{\resizebox*@{!@}@{0.25in@}@{\parbox@{3.5in@}@{This
+quarter-inch with @code{\resizebox*@{!@}@{0.25in@}@{\parbox@{3.5in@}@{This
 box has both height and depth.@}@}}.
 
 You can use @code{\depth}, @code{\height}, @code{\totalheight}, and


From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Wed Jan 26 19:15:20 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Wed, 26 Jan 2022 19:15:20 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1079 - trunk
Message-ID: <202201261815.20QIFKOJ006890@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 18:15:20 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1079

Modified:
   trunk/latex2e.texi
Log:
instead instead


Modified: trunk/latex2e.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
+++ trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
@@ -10641,6 +10641,7 @@
 @section xspace package
 
 @findex \xspace
+ at PkgIndex{xspace}
 @cindex spaces, ignore around commands
 @cindex commands, ignore spaces
 
@@ -10668,16 +10669,16 @@
 The \VT@{@} summers are nice.
 @end example
 
-But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
 braces or else there would be no space separating @samp{Vermont} from
- at samp{summers}.  (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+ at samp{summers}.  (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
 @code{\ } for this.  @xref{\(SPACE)}.)
 
 The @package{xspace} package provides @code{\xspace}.  It is for writing
 commands which are designed to be used mainly in text.  It must be place
 at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
 after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
-exceptions.  In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+exceptions.  In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
 
 @example
 \newcommand@{\VT@}@{Vermont\xspace@}
@@ -10695,10 +10696,10 @@
 @c David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339
 A comment: many experts prefer not to use @code{\xspace}.  Putting it in
 a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn't easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
 @code{\xspace} will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
 command, and so @code{\xspace} can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
 
 
 @node Counters


From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Wed Jan 26 19:23:48 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Wed, 26 Jan 2022 19:23:48 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1080 - in trunk:
	. latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/l [more]
Message-ID: <202201261823.20QINmVc023053@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 18:23:47 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1080

Added:
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
Modified:
   trunk/ChangeLog
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html
   trunk/latex2e.dbk
   trunk/latex2e.dvi
   trunk/latex2e.html
   trunk/latex2e.info
   trunk/latex2e.pdf
   trunk/latex2e.txt
   trunk/latex2e.xml
   trunk/mirroring.html
   trunk/writing.html
Log:
January 2022 release

Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@
 	January 2022 release to CTAN.
 	* NEWS: update.
 
+	* mirroring.html,
+	* writing.html: use https, $Date.
+
 2022-01-26  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
 
 	* latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm conversions.
@@ -168,7 +171,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -283,7 +286,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -296,7 +299,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -410,7 +413,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -419,11 +422,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -537,7 +540,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -546,11 +549,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -664,7 +667,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -673,11 +676,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -791,7 +794,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -800,11 +803,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -918,7 +921,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -927,11 +930,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1045,7 +1048,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1054,11 +1057,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1172,7 +1175,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1181,11 +1184,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1299,7 +1302,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1308,11 +1311,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1426,7 +1429,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1435,11 +1438,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1553,7 +1556,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1562,11 +1565,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1667,7 +1670,7 @@
 	@code{...}-ification.
 	(\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Suppress
 	\DeclareTextCommandDefault from index. Some rewording. Add
-	\DeclareTextSymbol to index, where applicable. Typoes.
+	\DeclareTextSymbol to index, where applicable. Typos.
 	(\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault): @noindent
 	inserted.
 	(\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault)
@@ -1739,16 +1742,16 @@
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi: Complete propagation of Jim's r631.
-	(picture): Typoes. Propagate some fixes by Jim's r631: .3 -> 0.3,
+	(picture): Typos. Propagate some fixes by Jim's r631: .3 -> 0.3,
 	lR -> LR, menu descriptions.
 	(\put, \multiput): Propagate Jim's r631.
-	(\qbezier): Typoes.
+	(\qbezier): Typos.
 	(\line): Rename xpente ypente to x_avance, y_monte, to stick to
 	the English original. Remove extra indexation of pict2e as in my
 	r994.
 	(\linethickness): Add some references as in my r994.
 	(\thinlines, \thicklines):  Propagate Jim's r631.
-	(\circle): Typoes.
+	(\circle): Typos.
 	(\oval): @dfn{...}-ize word oval as in my r994.  Propagate Jim's
 	r631.
 	(\shortstack): Propagate Jim's r631.
@@ -1767,7 +1770,7 @@
 
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (array): Fix typoes. Align on English, notably
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (array): Fix typos. Align on English, notably
 	Karl's r504.
 
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1776,7 +1779,7 @@
 	  ``\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}'' --- as per Jim's r908
 	  Rename ``\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol'' to ``\UseTextSymbol &
 	  \UseTextAccent''
-	 (Font styles): Typoes.
+	 (Font styles): Typos.
 	 (minipage): Add argument ``{\columnwidth}'' --- as per Jim's r908
 
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1814,7 +1817,7 @@
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Counters): Add index entry for each standard
-	  counter. Typoes on standard counter names.
+	  counter. Typos on standard counter names.
 
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
@@ -1855,7 +1858,7 @@
 	\ignorespacesafterend'' & ``xspace package''.
 	(\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, xspace package): and &
 	translate these nodes.
-	(Footnote parameters): typoes.
+	(Footnote parameters): typos.
 	(Footnote parameters, \mathstrut, \strut): Add ``\'etai'' --- ie
 	strut --- to index.
 
@@ -2031,7 +2034,7 @@
 2021-08-12  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (\mbox & \makebox): align on English. Plus some
-	typoes correction.
+	typos correction.
 
 2021-08-12  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
@@ -2255,7 +2258,7 @@
 2021-08-03  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (fontenc package): Translate the node to French.
-	(list): typoes.
+	(list): typos.
 	(\@@ ): Translate the node to French.
 
 2021-08-03  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -2414,7 +2417,7 @@
 
 2020-12-30  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi: Few typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi: Few typos.
 
 	* NEWS-fr: Delivery note December 2020 French delivery to CTAN.
 
@@ -2481,7 +2484,7 @@
 	* latex2e.texi (verbatim): Explain why it cannot be used within a
 	macro argument. Forward reference to CTAN node.
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\verb): Typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\verb): Typos.
 	(verbatim): Align on English.
 
 2020-12-24  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -2548,7 +2551,7 @@
 	separator, but for English it also make the column alignment
 	easier.
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (list): Complete translation + fix typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (list): Complete translation + fix typos.
 	(minipage): Fix translation, do not use inches (French people
 	don't understand what it means). Fix the neighbourhood population
 	example.
@@ -2670,7 +2673,7 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (\ref): typo, ``item'' duplicate word
 	removal. Reported by Denis Bitouz\'e.
-	(figure): Typoes.
+	(figure): Typos.
 
 2020-12-08  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
 
@@ -2798,7 +2801,7 @@
 2020-09-06  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi: Finalize propagating Jim's r649, notably
-	include article template. Fix lots of typoes.
+	include article template. Fix lots of typos.
 
 	* latex2e.texi: Insert a comma after @xref{...} wherever
 	applicable.
@@ -2870,7 +2873,7 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (minipage): Re-align on English translation.
 
-	* latex2e.texi (minipage): Typoes + insert a few TODO comments.
+	* latex2e.texi (minipage): Typos + insert a few TODO comments.
 
 2020-07-124  Jim Hefferon  <jim at joshua.smcvt.edu>
 
@@ -3050,7 +3053,7 @@
 
 2020-04-16  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package construction): Typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package construction): Typos.
 	(\write): Clarify example comment, \og courant\fg \rightarrow \og racine\fg.
 	(\wlog): Suppress spurious space in example.
 	(\write18): Translate node with fixing statement on \jobname.
@@ -3086,11 +3089,11 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (\include & \includeonly): Complete translation.
 
-	* latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): Typoes.
+	* latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): Typos.
 
 2020-04-06  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Typos.
 
 	* latex2e.texi (Sectioning): Fix \og secnumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg
 
@@ -3109,7 +3112,7 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Top, Front/back matter): Change \og Front/back
 	matter\fg translation to \og Parties pr\'e/post-liminaires\fg.
-	(CTAN): Typoes.
+	(CTAN): Typos.
 	(Document classes): Refresh translation.
 	(\part): Translate node.
 	(\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph): Typo.
@@ -3156,7 +3159,7 @@
 	* latex2e.texi (\endinput): clarify \og during mailing\fg.
 	(Table of contents etc.): Move package index reference to the
 	concerned paragaph.
-	(\openin & \openout): Typoes.
+	(\openin & \openout): Typos.
 	(\read): \og\file\fg \rightarrow \og\recipient file\fg
 	(\write): \og at code{\ldots}\fg \rightarrow \og at var{\ldots}\fg.
 	(\write): typo.
@@ -3282,7 +3285,7 @@
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (\@@startsection): \og scenumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg where applicable.
 	(Class and package commands): Translate index entries.
 	(figure): \og figure\fg \rightarrow \og figure*\fg.
-	(list): Typoes.
+	(list): Typos.
 	(quotation & quote): Typo.
 	(Color): Translate menu entry.
 	(Commands for color): Translate node.
@@ -3336,7 +3339,7 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (trivlist): typo.
 	(\linethickness): typo
-	(tabular): typoes.
+	(tabular): typos.
 	(\newcommand & \renewcommand): use @var{\ldots}.
 	(\parbox): Re-align French on English version.
 	(Color package options): progress translation.
@@ -4071,7 +4074,7 @@
 2017-10-03  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): Typo.
-	(quotation and quote): Typoes.
+	(quotation and quote): Typos.
 
 2017-08-24  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
 
@@ -4104,7 +4107,7 @@
 
 2017-08-09  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* NEWS-fr: Typoes.
+	* NEWS-fr: Typos.
 
 	* Makefile.1: Add common.texi to the list of files to be zipped
 	into distribution.
@@ -4126,7 +4129,7 @@
 	* NEWS-fr: svn propset keywords to Id for leading timestap to be
 	uptodate
 
-	* README-fr: Typoes. Extend the leading English part fo the French
+	* README-fr: Typos. Extend the leading English part fo the French
 	readme to comply with CTAN requirements.
 
 2017-08-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -4179,7 +4182,7 @@
 	as \@@startsection and how \section keeps is standard calling form
 	when redefined. heading -> title for consistency. @code{}-ify
 	class names, book, report & article. Use anchor to
-	secnumdepth. Typoes. rubber -> typically rubber. Solve overfully
+	secnumdepth. Typos. rubber -> typically rubber. Solve overfully
 	hbox in example by not repeating explanations in examplified LaTeX
 	comments, rather make a simple link. style [...] file -> package
 	[...] file. redefined [...] sectional units -> redefined [...]
@@ -4468,7 +4471,7 @@
 	(Cross references, \label, abstract): Same changes as in
 	latex2e.texi.
 	(Cross references, \label, \pageref, \ref): Take Jim's rev481
-	edits + fix some typoes.
+	edits + fix some typos.
 	(\includeonly): Fix typo.
 
 	* Makefile.1: Add check-license-<lang> targets to check that the
@@ -4483,12 +4486,12 @@
 	license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's.
 	(dircategory): fix `LaTeX2e-fr' -> `latex2e-fr'
 	(throughout document): Use proper unbreakable space before colons.
-	(tabular, \newtheorem): typoes.
-	(\address): @var{...} instead of @code{...} for the argument  + typoes.
-	(\cc): typoes + add example from latex2e.texi
+	(tabular, \newtheorem): typos.
+	(\address): @var{...} instead of @code{...} for the argument  + typos.
+	(\cc): typos + add example from latex2e.texi
 	(\closing): typo.
-	(\signature): Typoes, translate @var name.
-	(Command line): Typoes.
+	(\signature): Typos, translate @var name.
+	(Command line): Typos.
 
 	* latex2e.texi: Restore license text without @inclusion of
 	license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's.
@@ -4709,19 +4712,19 @@
 	package variable @var{paquo} in the synopsis description.
 	(\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align description on latest
 	latex2e.texi by @code{...}-ifying all the occurrence of
-	`\@var{cmd}'. Fix typoes.
+	`\@var{cmd}'. Fix typos.
 	(\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): nargs starting from 0
-	rather than from 1. Fix typoes. `argument positionnel' ->
+	rather than from 1. Fix typos. `argument positionnel' ->
 	`param\`etre positionnel'.
 	(Reserved characters): `\backslash' -> `\textbackslash' in the
-	@findex in accordance with description. Fix typoes.
+	@findex in accordance with description. Fix typos.
 
 2016-04-12  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Top): Make version under quotes to
 	avoid incorrect French ``de Avril 2016'' or ``du Avril 2016''
 	instead of ``d'Avril 2016''.
-	(Document classes): Typoes.
+	(Document classes): Typos.
 
 	* latex2e-{es,fr}.texi (top comment): Update dates in copyright
 	notice up to 2016.
@@ -4738,7 +4741,7 @@
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Output files, Using BibTeX):
 	Replace CTAN central server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment
 	by Petra R\"ube-Pugliese.
-	(Output files, Using BibTeX): Typoes.
+	(Output files, Using BibTeX): Typos.
 
 	* latex2e.texi (top comment, Output files): Replace CTAN central
 	server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment by Petra
@@ -4815,10 +4818,10 @@
 	environment by a call to this macro.
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi:  Same as latex2e.texi.
-	(filecontents): Typoes.
+	(filecontents): Typos.
 	(table): Typo (table evironment name mistakenly translated to
 	French).
-	(\\): Typoes.
+	(\\): Typos.
 	(\enlargethispage): translate cindex entry to French.
 
 	* latex2e-es.texi: Same as latex2e.texi.
@@ -4901,11 +4904,11 @@
 
 2016-03-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typoe in `Modes' menu entry.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typo in `Modes' menu entry.
 	(eqnarray): `or' -> `ou'.
 	(Math symbols): Progress translation of this node + same changes
 	as in latex2e.texi.
-	(Modes): Typoes + same changes as in latex2e.texi.
+	(Modes): Typos + same changes as in latex2e.texi.
 	(\ensuremath): new node.
 	(\(SPACE) and \@@): `guillemet anglais' -> `guillemet-apostrophe'.
 	(Text symbols): Progess translation of this node + same changes as
@@ -5043,7 +5046,7 @@
 	(\addtocontents): Translate this node.
 	(Glossaries): Translate this node.
 	(Indexes): Translate this node, with same edits as in latex2e.texi.
-	(Letters): Typoes. `cl\^oture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete
+	(Letters): Typos. `cl\^oture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete
 	translation with same edits as in latex2e.texi.
 	(\address): Translate this node.
 	(\cc): Translate this node.
@@ -5127,7 +5130,7 @@
 
 2016-01-27  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typos.
 	(Subscripts & superscripts): Typo.
 	(Math functions): Translate this node to French.
 	(Math accents): Translate this node to French.
@@ -5294,7 +5297,7 @@
 	@example... at end~example.
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Output files): Typo.
-	(tabular): Typoes.
+	(tabular): Typos.
 	(\newcommand & \renewcommand): Typo. Introduce the concept of positional parameter.
 	(\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Complete the translation
 	and make the same text improvements as in latex2e.texi.
@@ -5853,7 +5856,7 @@
 	concerning \parindent length.
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Tables of contents): Translation of this node.
-	(\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Boxes): Typoes.
+	(\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Boxes): Typos.
 
 2015-08-03  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
 
@@ -5882,10 +5885,12 @@
 
 2015-07-30  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincent.belaiche at gmail.com>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Correct menu item French translation for "Making paragraphs"
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Correct menu item French translation for
+	"Making paragraphs"
 	(itemize): typo, remove left-over English word "dash"
-	(Making paragraphs): typoes.
-	(\indent, \noindent, \parskip, \parbox): Translate to French these nodes.
+	(Making paragraphs): typos.
+	(\indent, \noindent, \parskip, \parbox): Translate to French these
+	nodes.
 
 	* latex2e.texi (Text symbols): Correct -- for --- for en-dash
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
        \textit{HMS Polychrest} &amp;Post Captain  \\  
        \textit{HMS Lively}     &amp;Post Captain \\
        \textit{HMS Surprise}   &amp;A number of books\footnote{%
-                                  Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+                                  Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
      \end{tabular}
   \end{minipage}                              
 \end{center}
@@ -164,8 +164,11 @@
 \end{center}
 </pre></div>
 
+<span id="index-package_002c-tablefootnote"></span>
+<span id="index-tablefootnote-package"></span>
+
 <p>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (see <a href="table.html"><code>table</code></a>), use the
-<samp>tablefootnote</samp> package.
+<code>tablefootnote</code> package.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\usepackage{tablefootnote}  % in preamble

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -1668,6 +1668,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html#index-environment_002c-picture"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>picture</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html">picture</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-environment_002c-quotation"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-environment_002c-quote"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quote</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-environment_002c-sloppypar"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>sloppypar</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html#index-environment_002c-tabbing"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html#index-environment_002c-table"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>table</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html">table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html#index-environment_002c-tabular"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
@@ -1860,7 +1861,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-implementations-of-TeX">implementations of TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-importing-graphics">importing graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-inch"><code>inch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-inch">inch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-including-graphics">including graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html#index-indent_002c-forcing">indent, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
@@ -2259,6 +2260,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html#index-package_002c-siunitx-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html">~</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-package_002c-suffix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>suffix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html#index-package_002c-tablefootnote"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tablefootnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-package_002c-texosquery"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>texosquery</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-package_002c-textcase"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>textcase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html#index-package_002c-TikZ"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html">\line</a></td></tr>
@@ -2282,6 +2284,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-package_002c-xr"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xstring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
@@ -2349,6 +2352,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html#index-position_002c-in-picture">position, in picture</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html">picture</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-positional-parameter">positional parameter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-postamble"><code>postamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-PostScript-point">PostScript point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cps.html#index-postscript_002c-in-letters">postscript, in letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cps.html">\ps</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-pounds-symbol">pounds symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
@@ -2466,8 +2470,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewlength.html#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewlength.html">\newlength</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-slanted-font">slanted font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html#index-slides-class"><code>slides <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar"><code>sloppypar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar-environment">sloppypar environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar-environment-1"><code><code>sloppypar</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html#index-slot_002c-font">slot, font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-small-caps-font">small caps font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
@@ -2548,6 +2552,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-creating">table of contents, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html#index-tablefootnote-package"><code>tablefootnote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html">table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html#index-tabular-environment"><code><code>tabular</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="article-template.html#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code>article</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="article-template.html">article template</a></td></tr>
@@ -2697,6 +2702,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-xparse-package-1"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-xr-package"><code>xr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code>xr-hyper</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-xspace-package"><code>xspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-xstring-package"><code>xstring</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 </table>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -219,10 +219,10 @@
 \end{minipage}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
-<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (see <a href="_005chfill.html"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="_005cvfill.html"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
+<p>TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code>fil</code>,
+<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(see <a href="_005chfill.html"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="_005cvfill.html"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
 </p>
 <p>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 
 <p>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
 packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-<code>amsmath</code> and <samp>amssymb</samp> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
+<code>amsmath</code> and <code>amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
 package that is an extension to, and loads, <code>amsmath</code>).  New
 documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages.
 Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document;

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cBox'><span><code>\Box</code><a href='#index-_005cBox' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25A1; Modal operator for necessity; square open box
-(ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+(ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cbullet'><span><code>\bullet</code><a href='#index-_005cbullet' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005ccomplement'><span><code>\complement</code><a href='#index-_005ccomplement' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2201;, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
-<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. Also used:
+<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
 <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or&nbsp;<code>$\bar{S}$</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cDiamond'><span><code>\Diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cDiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<dd><p>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cdiamond'><span><code>\diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cdiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005clhd'><span><code>\lhd</code><a href='#index-_005clhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
+<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
 and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@
 following operator (relation).
 </p>
 <p>Many negated operators are available that don&rsquo;t require <code>\not</code>,
-particularly with the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
+particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
 is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005crestriction'><span><code>\restriction</code><a href='#index-_005crestriction' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x21BE;, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
-<code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005crevemptyset'><span><code>\revemptyset</code><a href='#index-_005crevemptyset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005crhd'><span><code>\rhd</code><a href='#index-_005crhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
-load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsubset'><span><code>\sqsubset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x228F;, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
-subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsubseteq'><span><code>\sqsubseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsupset'><span><code>\sqsupset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2290;, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
-superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsupseteq'><span><code>\sqsupseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -1037,21 +1037,21 @@
 <dt id='index-_005ctriangleleft'><span><code>\triangleleft</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleleft' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Not-filled triangle pointing left
 (binary). Similar:&nbsp;<code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
-should load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
+should load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
 is a relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005ctriangleright'><span><code>\triangleright</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25B7; Not-filled triangle pointing right
 (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cunlhd'><span><code>\unlhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunlhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x22B4; Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
 use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </p>
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005cunrhd'><span><code>\unrhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunrhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x22B5; Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
 use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </p>
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005cupharpoonright'><span><code>\upharpoonright</code><a href='#index-_005cupharpoonright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x21BE;, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
 (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\restriction</code>.
-Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cuplus'><span><code>\uplus</code><a href='#index-_005cuplus' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cvanothing'><span><code>\vanothing</code><a href='#index-_005cvanothing' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2205;, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
-<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cvarphi'><span><code>\varphi</code><a href='#index-_005cvarphi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -118,78 +118,91 @@
 <dl compact="compact">
 <dt id='index-pt'><span><code>pt</code><a href='#index-pt' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-point"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units
-is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm. 
+<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm. 
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-pica'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pica' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-pc"></span>
+<dt id='index-pc'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-pica"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-pc"></span><p>Pica, 12 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-in'><span><code>in</code><a href='#index-in' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-inch"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch,  72.27 pt
+<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-bp'><span><code>bp</code><a href='#index-bp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-big-point"></span>
+<span id="index-PostScript-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-bp"></span><p>Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-centimeter'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-centimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter
+<dt id='index-mm'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-mm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-millimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-millimeter'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-millimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-mm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter
+<dt id='index-cm'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-cm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-centimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter, 10 mm
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-didot-point'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-didot-point' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dd"></span>
+<dt id='index-dd'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-dd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-didot-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-dd"></span><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-cicero'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cicero' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cc"></span>
+<dt id='index-cc'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-cicero"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-cc"></span><p>Cicero, 12 dd
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-scaled-point'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-scaled-point' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-sp"></span>
+<dt id='index-sp'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-sp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-scaled-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-sp"></span><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl>
 
+<p>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt id='index-ex-1'><span><code>ex</code><a href='#index-ex-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
 <span id="index-ex"></span>
-<span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
-<span id="index-ex-1"></span>
-<span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
-<span id="index-em"></span>
-<span id="index-em-1"></span>
-<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="Lengths_002fen"></span><span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><span id="units-of-length-en"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font.  The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
+<span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
 height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
-<code>\enspace</code>, which is <code>0.5em</code>).  Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes.  For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
-<code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</code> is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+lengths.
 </p>
-<span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
-<span id="index-mu"></span>
-<p>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-<em>mu</em> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family.  See <a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-em-1'><span><code>em</code><a href='#index-em-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
+<span id="index-em"></span>
+<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><p>Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths.  This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will
+have 1em = 10pt.  LaTeX has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (see <a href="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html"><code>\enspace</code> &amp; <code>\quad</code> &amp; <code>\qquad</code></a>).
 </p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-mu'><span><code>mu</code><a href='#index-mu' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mu"></span><p>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit <em>mu</em>, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family.  See <a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
 
+<p>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as <code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex}</code> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+</p>
 </div>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 <p>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var>extension</var>.
 </p>
-<p>This example declares that all files with names have the form
+<p>This example declares that all files with names of the form
 <samp>filename-without-dot.mps</samp> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
 meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
 input the file.

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from
-accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>,
-a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, a
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var>
+argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
 </p>
 <p>These are accented &lsquo;<samp>e</samp>&rsquo; characters.
 </p>
@@ -131,7 +131,8 @@
 \accent23 e
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+<p>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
 </p>
 <p>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the
 outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
-  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
-  \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+  \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@
 <pre class="example">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  The <var>number</var>
-must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in LuaLaTeX
-<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255).
+<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  In most engines,
+the <var>number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code>; in
+LuaLaTeX, <var>number</var> can be between 0 and 127.
 </p>
 <p>Here TeX opens the file <samp>presidents.tex</samp> for reading.
 </p>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><span><code>empty</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The header and footer is empty.
+<dd><p>The header and footer are both empty.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><span><code>headings</code></span></dt>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 <p>The unstarred form <code>\resizebox</code> takes <var>vertical length</var> to be
 the box&rsquo;s height while the starred form <code>\resizebox*</code> takes it to
 be height+depth.  For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This
+quarter-inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This
 box has both height and depth.}}</code>.
 </p>
 <p>You can use <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>, and

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -141,10 +141,8 @@
 <code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
 then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
 \sepcindent</samp>&rsquo;.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be
-read again&gt; \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp>&rsquo;
+then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>&rsquo;.
 </p>
-
 </div>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 </head>
 
 <body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</h1>
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</h1>
 
 
 
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 <span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
 
 <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 </p>
 
 <div class="Contents_element" id="SEC_Contents">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="